blob: b0e364f502855fbf984ad431eae6d2684c190908 [file] [log] [blame]
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001/*
Johannes Berg3017b802007-08-28 17:01:53 -04002 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
3 *
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
5 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02006 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Johannes Bergd98ad832014-09-03 15:24:57 +03007 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +03008 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02009 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070010 *
11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
13 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
14 */
15
16#ifndef MAC80211_H
17#define MAC80211_H
18
Paul Gortmaker187f1882011-11-23 20:12:59 -050019#include <linux/bug.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070020#include <linux/kernel.h>
21#include <linux/if_ether.h>
22#include <linux/skbuff.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070023#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070024#include <net/cfg80211.h>
Michal Kazior5caa3282016-05-19 10:37:51 +020025#include <net/codel.h>
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +030026#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +020027#include <asm/unaligned.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070028
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040029/**
30 * DOC: Introduction
31 *
32 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
33 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
34 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
35 * drivers.
36 */
37
38/**
39 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
40 *
41 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070042 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
43 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
44 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +010045 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
46 * tasklet function.
47 *
48 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -070049 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070050 */
51
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040052/**
53 * DOC: Warning
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070054 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040055 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
56 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
57 */
58
59/**
60 * DOC: Frame format
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070061 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040062 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
63 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
64 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
65 * hardware.
66 *
67 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
68 *
69 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
70 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
71 *
72 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
73 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070074 */
75
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +020076/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -040077 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
78 *
79 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
80 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
81 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
82 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
83 *
84 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
85 * suspend.
86 *
87 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
88 *
89 */
90
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +010091/**
92 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
93 *
94 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
95 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
96 * between different stations/interfaces.
97 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
98 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
99 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
100 *
101 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
102 * driver operation.
103 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +0300104 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
105 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
106 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100107 *
108 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
109 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
110 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -0800111 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
112 * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
113 * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
114 *
115 * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
116 * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
117 * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
118 * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
119 * ieee80211_return_txq().
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100120 *
121 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
122 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
123 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
124 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
125 * .release_buffered_frames().
126 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
127 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
128 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
129 */
130
Paul Gortmaker313162d2012-01-30 11:46:54 -0500131struct device;
132
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400133/**
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200134 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
135 *
136 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100137 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200138 */
139enum ieee80211_max_queues {
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200140 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100141 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200142};
143
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200144#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
145
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200146/**
Johannes Berg4bce22b2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800147 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
148 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
149 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
150 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
151 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
152 */
153enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
154 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
155 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
156 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
157 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
158};
159
160/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400161 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
162 *
163 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100164 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400165 *
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400166 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200167 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
168 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400169 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100170 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300171 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200172 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300173 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
174 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400175 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700176struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200177 u16 txop;
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100178 u16 cw_min;
179 u16 cw_max;
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200180 u8 aifs;
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300181 bool acm;
Kalle Valoab133152010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200182 bool uapsd;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300183 bool mu_edca;
184 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700185};
186
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700187struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
188 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
189 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
190 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
191 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
192};
193
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100194/**
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200195 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100196 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200197 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100198 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200199 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
200 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200201 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200202 */
203enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100204 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200205 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100206 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200207 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200208 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200209};
210
211/**
212 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
213 *
214 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
215 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
216 *
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100217 * @def: the channel definition
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200218 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200219 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
220 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
221 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
222 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
Simon Wunderlich5d7fad42012-11-30 19:17:28 +0100223 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100224 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200225 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
226 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
227 */
228struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100229 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200230 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200231
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200232 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
233
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100234 bool radar_enabled;
235
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +0100236 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200237};
238
239/**
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300240 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
241 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
242 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
243 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
244 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
245 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
246 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
247 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
248 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
249 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
250 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
251 * for changes/removal.)
252 */
253enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
254 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
255 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
256};
257
258/**
259 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
260 *
261 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
262 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
263 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
264 * done.
265 *
266 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
267 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
268 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
269 */
270struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
271 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
272 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
273 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
274};
275
276/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100277 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
278 *
279 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
280 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
281 *
282 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
283 * also implies a change in the AID.
284 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
285 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300286 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
Tomas Winkler38668c02008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700287 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200288 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200289 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200290 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
291 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
292 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
293 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
294 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
295 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200296 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200297 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300298 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200299 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
300 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200301 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200302 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200303 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300304 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200305 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100306 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200307 * changed
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300308 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
309 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100310 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
311 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
312 * context had been assigned.
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100313 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200314 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300315 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
316 * keep alive) changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700317 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700318 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fime timing reasurement request responder
319 * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700320 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100321 */
322enum ieee80211_bss_change {
323 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
324 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
325 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300326 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
Alexander Simona7ce1c92011-09-18 00:16:45 +0200327 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200328 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200329 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200330 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
331 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
332 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200333 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200334 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300335 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200336 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200337 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300338 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200339 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300340 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200341 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100342 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300343 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100344 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100345 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200346 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300347 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700348 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700349 BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26,
Johannes Bergac8dd502010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200350
351 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100352};
353
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300354/*
355 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
356 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
357 * filtering will be disabled.
358 */
359#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
360
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100361/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200362 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
363 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200364 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300365 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300366 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
367 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
368 * once each time the timeout triggers.
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700369 */
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200370enum ieee80211_event_type {
371 RSSI_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200372 MLME_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300373 BAR_RX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300374 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200375};
376
377/**
378 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
379 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
380 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
381 */
382enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700383 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
384 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
385};
386
387/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200388 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200389 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
390 */
391struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
392 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
393};
394
395/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200396 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
397 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200398 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200399 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
400 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200401 */
402enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
403 AUTH_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200404 ASSOC_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200405 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
406 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200407};
408
409/**
410 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
411 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
412 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
413 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
414 */
415enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
416 MLME_SUCCESS,
417 MLME_DENIED,
418 MLME_TIMEOUT,
419};
420
421/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200422 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200423 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
424 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
425 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
426 */
427struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
428 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
429 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
430 u16 reason;
431};
432
433/**
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300434 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
435 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
436 * @tid: the tid
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300437 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300438 */
439struct ieee80211_ba_event {
440 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
441 u16 tid;
442 u16 ssn;
443};
444
445/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200446 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200447 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200448 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200449 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300450 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300451 * @u:union holding the fields above
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200452 */
453struct ieee80211_event {
454 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
455 union {
456 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200457 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300458 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200459 } u;
460};
461
462/**
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200463 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
464 *
465 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
466 *
467 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
468 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
469 */
470struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
471 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
472 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
473};
474
475/**
Randy Dunlap3453de92018-12-06 12:58:30 -0800476 * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700477 *
478 * @lci: LCI subelement content
479 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
480 * @lci_len: LCI data length
481 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
482 */
483struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
484 const u8 *lci;
485 const u8 *civicloc;
486 size_t lci_len;
487 size_t civicloc_len;
488};
489
490/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100491 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
492 *
493 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
494 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
495 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300496 * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
497 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
498 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
499 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
500 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
501 * ACK, BACK or both
502 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
503 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
504 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200505 * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
506 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100507 * @assoc: association status
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200508 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
509 * or not
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530510 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100511 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
512 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
Johannes Bergea1b2b452015-06-02 20:15:49 +0200513 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
514 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100515 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +0200516 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300517 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200518 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100519 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
520 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
521 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
522 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200523 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200524 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
525 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200526 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100527 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
528 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200529 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
530 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
531 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700532 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800533 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200534 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
535 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
536 * the current band.
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300537 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
Felix Fietkaudd5b4cc2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100538 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200539 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
540 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100541 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
542 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200543 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
Johannes Berg074d46d2012-03-15 19:45:16 +0100544 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
Avri Altman22f66892015-08-18 16:52:07 +0300545 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
546 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
547 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200548 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
Johannes Berge86abc62015-10-22 17:35:14 +0200549 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
550 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
551 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100552 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
553 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
554 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
555 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200556 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300557 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
558 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
559 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
560 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100561 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
562 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
563 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200564 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200565 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
566 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
567 * your driver/device needs to do.
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300568 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
569 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200570 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300571 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
572 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200573 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100574 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
575 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
576 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
577 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
578 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
579 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100580 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200581 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
582 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
583 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300584 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
585 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
586 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
587 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
588 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
589 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
590 * station.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700591 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
592 * responder functionality.
593 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200594 * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
595 * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
596 * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
597 * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
598 * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
599 * nontransmitted BSSIDs
600 * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
601 * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100602 */
603struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200604 const u8 *bssid;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300605 u8 bss_color;
606 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
607 bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
608 bool uora_exists;
609 bool ack_enabled;
610 u8 uora_ocw_range;
611 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
612 bool he_support;
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200613 bool twt_requester;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100614 /* association related data */
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200615 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530616 bool ibss_creator;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100617 u16 aid;
618 /* erp related data */
619 bool use_cts_prot;
620 bool use_short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300621 bool use_short_slot;
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200622 bool enable_beacon;
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800623 u8 dtim_period;
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700624 u16 beacon_int;
625 u16 assoc_capability;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200626 u64 sync_tsf;
627 u32 sync_device_ts;
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100628 u8 sync_dtim_count;
Johannes Berg881d9482009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100629 u32 basic_rates;
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300630 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200631 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg9ed6bcc2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200632 u16 ht_operation_mode;
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200633 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
634 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100635 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
636 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100637 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200638 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300639 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100640 int arp_addr_cnt;
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200641 bool qos;
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200642 bool idle;
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300643 bool ps;
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300644 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
645 size_t ssid_len;
646 bool hidden_ssid;
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200647 int txpower;
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100648 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100649 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200650 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300651 u16 max_idle_period;
652 bool protected_keep_alive;
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700653 bool ftm_responder;
654 struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200655 /* Multiple BSSID data */
656 bool nontransmitted;
657 u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
658 u8 bssid_index;
659 u8 bssid_indicator;
660 bool ema_ap;
661 u8 profile_periodicity;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100662};
663
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800664/**
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200665 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800666 *
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700667 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800668 *
Johannes Berg7351c6b2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100669 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200670 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
671 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
672 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
673 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
674 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
675 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
676 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
677 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
678 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
679 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
680 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200681 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200682 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
683 * station
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200684 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200685 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
686 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200687 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200688 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
Johannes Bergab5b5342009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200689 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
690 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
691 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
692 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
693 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
694 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
695 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
696 * hardware queue.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200697 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
698 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
699 * is for the whole aggregation.
Ron Rindjunsky429a3802008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300700 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
701 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200702 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
703 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
704 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600705 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
706 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
707 * off-channel operation.
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100708 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
709 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
710 * it can be sent out.
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200711 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
712 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200713 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
714 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100715 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
716 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
717 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200718 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
719 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
720 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
721 * queue gets full.
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100722 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
723 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
724 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100725 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
726 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
727 * should kick the MLME state machine.
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200728 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
729 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
730 * status to user space)
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400731 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200732 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
733 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
Johannes Berg610dbc92011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100734 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
735 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
736 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
737 * handled properly by the device.
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200738 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
739 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
740 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530741 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
742 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
743 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200744 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
745 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
746 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200747 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
748 * PS-Poll responses.
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530749 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
750 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
751 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200752 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
753 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
754 * monitor injection).
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530755 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
756 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
757 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
758 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
759 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200760 *
761 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
762 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800763 */
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200764enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200765 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200766 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
767 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
768 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
769 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
770 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
771 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
772 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
773 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
774 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
775 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
776 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
777 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600778 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100779 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200780 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200781 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100782 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200783 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100784 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100785 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200786 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400787 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200788 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100789 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200790 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530791 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200792 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530793 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200794 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530795 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200796};
797
Johannes Bergabe37c42010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200798#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
799
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200800/**
801 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
802 *
803 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
804 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530805 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
806 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100807 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100808 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200809 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200810 *
811 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
812 */
813enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
814 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530815 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100816 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100817 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200818 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200819};
820
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200821/*
822 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
823 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
824 */
825#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
826 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
827 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
828 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
829 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100830 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200831 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200832 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200833
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530834/**
835 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
836 * Rate Control algorithm.
837 *
838 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
839 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
840 *
841 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
842 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
843 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
844 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
845 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100846 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
847 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530848 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
849 * Greenfield mode.
850 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100851 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
852 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
853 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530854 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
855 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
856 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
857 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
858 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200859enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
860 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
861 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
862 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
863
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100864 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200865 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
866 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
867 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
868 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
869 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100870 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
871 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
872 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800873};
874
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200875
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200876/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
877#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200878
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200879/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
880#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
881
882/* maximum number of rate stages */
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200883#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200884
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200885/* maximum number of rate table entries */
886#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
887
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200888/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200889 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200890 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200891 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
892 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
Johannes Berge25cf4a2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200893 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200894 *
895 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
896 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
897 *
898 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
899 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200900 *
901 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
902 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
903 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
904 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300905 * information::
906 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200907 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300908 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200909 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
910 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
911 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
912 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300913 * information should then contain::
914 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200915 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300916 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200917 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
918 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200919 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200920struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
921 s8 idx;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100922 u16 count:5,
923 flags:11;
Gustavo F. Padovan3f30fc12010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000924} __packed;
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200925
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100926#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
927
928static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
929 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
930{
931 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200932 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
933 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100934}
935
936static inline u8
937ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
938{
939 return rate->idx & 0xF;
940}
941
942static inline u8
943ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
944{
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200945 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100946}
947
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200948/**
949 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200950 *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200951 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
952 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
953 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
954 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
955 *
956 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200957 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200958 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100959 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +0100960 * @control: union part for control data
961 * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
962 * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
963 * @control.use_rts: use RTS
964 * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
965 * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
966 * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
967 * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
968 * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
969 * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
970 * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
971 * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
972 * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
973 * @pad: padding
974 * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
975 * @status: union part for status data
976 * @status.rates: attempted rates
977 * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
978 * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
979 * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
980 * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
981 * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission
982 * @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid
983 * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
984 * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
985 * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700986 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100987 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700988 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100989 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700990 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200991 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200992 */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200993struct ieee80211_tx_info {
994 /* common information */
995 u32 flags;
996 u8 band;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200997
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200998 u8 hw_queue;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +0100999
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +01001000 u16 ack_frame_id;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001001
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001002 union {
1003 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001004 union {
1005 /* rate control */
1006 struct {
1007 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
1008 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
1009 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001010 u8 use_rts:1;
1011 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001012 u8 short_preamble:1;
1013 u8 skip_table:1;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001014 /* 2 bytes free */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001015 };
1016 /* only needed before rate control */
1017 unsigned long jiffies;
1018 };
Johannes Berg25d834e2008-09-12 22:52:47 +02001019 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001020 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001021 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +02001022 u32 flags;
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001023 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001024 } control;
1025 struct {
Johannes Berg3b79af92015-06-01 23:14:59 +02001026 u64 cookie;
1027 } ack;
1028 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001029 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Eliad Pellera0f995a2014-03-13 14:30:47 +02001030 s32 ack_signal;
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001031 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001032 u8 ampdu_len;
Johannes Bergd748b462012-03-28 11:04:23 +02001033 u8 antenna;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001034 u16 tx_time;
Venkateswara Naralasettya78b26f2018-02-13 11:04:46 +05301035 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001036 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001037 } status;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001038 struct {
1039 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
1040 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001041 u8 pad[4];
1042
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001043 void *rate_driver_data[
1044 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1045 };
1046 void *driver_data[
1047 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001048 };
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001049};
1050
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03001051/**
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001052 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
1053 *
1054 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
1055 * @info: Basic tx status information
1056 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
1057 */
1058struct ieee80211_tx_status {
1059 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1060 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
1061 struct sk_buff *skb;
1062};
1063
1064/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001065 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
1066 *
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02001067 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
1068 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
1069 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001070 *
1071 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1072 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1073 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1074 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1075 */
1076struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001077 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1078 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001079 const u8 *common_ies;
1080 size_t common_ie_len;
1081};
1082
1083
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001084static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1085{
1086 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1087}
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001088
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001089static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1090{
1091 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1092}
1093
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001094/**
1095 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1096 *
1097 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1098 *
1099 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1100 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1101 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1102 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1103 *
1104 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1105 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1106 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1107 */
1108static inline void
1109ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1110{
1111 int i;
1112
1113 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1114 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1115 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1116 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1117 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1118 /* clear the rate counts */
1119 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1120 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1121
1122 BUILD_BUG_ON(
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001123 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001124 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1125 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1126 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1127}
1128
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001129
1130/**
1131 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1132 *
1133 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1134 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1135 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1136 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001137 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1138 * verification has been done by the hardware.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001139 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001140 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1141 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
Johannes Berg981d94a2015-06-12 14:39:02 +02001142 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1143 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1144 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1145 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
Luis de Bethencourt84ea3a182016-03-18 16:09:29 +00001146 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1147 * de-duplication by itself.
Johannes Berg72abd812007-09-17 01:29:22 -04001148 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1149 * the frame.
1150 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1151 * the frame.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001152 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
Johannes Berg6ebacbb2011-02-23 15:06:08 +01001153 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1154 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1155 * merging.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001156 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1157 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1158 * (including FCS) was received.
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001159 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1160 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
Felix Fietkaufe8431f2012-03-01 18:00:07 +01001161 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1162 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001163 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1164 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1165 * each A-MPDU
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001166 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1167 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1168 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1169 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1170 * on this subframe
1171 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1172 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
Sara Sharonf980ebc2016-02-24 11:49:45 +02001173 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1174 * done by the hardware
Grzegorz Bajorski17883042015-12-11 14:39:46 +01001175 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1176 * processing it in any regular way.
1177 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1178 * them for sniffing purposes.
1179 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1180 * monitor interfaces.
1181 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1182 * them for sniffing purposes.
Michal Kazior0cfcefe2013-09-23 15:34:38 +02001183 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1184 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1185 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1186 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1187 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1188 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1189 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1190 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1191 * interleaved with other frames.
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001192 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1193 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1194 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
Sara Sharonf631a772016-05-03 15:59:44 +03001195 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1196 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1197 * the first subframe.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001198 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1199 * be done in the hardware.
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001200 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1201 * frame
1202 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001203 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1204 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001205 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001206 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1207 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1208 * - DATA3_CODING
1209 * - DATA5_GI
1210 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1211 * - DATA6_NSTS
1212 * - DATA3_STBC
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001213 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001214 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1215 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1216 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001217 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001218 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
1219 * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
1220 * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
1221 * known the frame shouldn't be reported.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001222 */
1223enum mac80211_rx_flags {
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001224 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1225 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001226 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001227 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1228 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1229 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1230 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001231 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001232 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1233 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1234 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1235 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1236 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1237 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1238 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1239 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1240 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1241 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1242 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1243 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1244 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1245 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1246 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1247 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001248 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1249 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001250 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1251 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001252 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001253 RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001254};
1255
1256/**
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001257 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001258 *
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001259 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001260 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1261 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1262 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1263 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001264 * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001265 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1266 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001267 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001268 */
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001269enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1270 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001271 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1272 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1273 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1274 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1275 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001276};
1277
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001278#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1279
1280enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1281 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1282 RX_ENC_HT,
1283 RX_ENC_VHT,
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001284 RX_ENC_HE,
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001285};
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001286
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001287/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001288 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1289 *
1290 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1291 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001292 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001293 *
Bruno Randolfc132bec2008-02-18 11:20:51 +09001294 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1295 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001296 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1297 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001298 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1299 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001300 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001301 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
Johannes Berg4352a4d2015-12-08 16:04:35 +02001302 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1303 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001304 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1305 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1306 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001307 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1308 * values were filled.
1309 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1310 * support dB or unspecified units)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001311 * @antenna: antenna used
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +02001312 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +01001313 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001314 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001315 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001316 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1317 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001318 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001319 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1320 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1321 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
Johannes Berg554891e2010-09-24 12:38:25 +02001322 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001323 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1324 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1325 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001326 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001327 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001328struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1329 u64 mactime;
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001330 u64 boottime_ns;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001331 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001332 u32 ampdu_reference;
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001333 u32 flag;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001334 u16 freq;
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001335 u8 enc_flags;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001336 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1337 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001338 u8 rate_idx;
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001339 u8 nss;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001340 u8 rx_flags;
1341 u8 band;
1342 u8 antenna;
1343 s8 signal;
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001344 u8 chains;
1345 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001346 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001347 u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001348};
1349
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001350/**
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001351 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1352 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1353 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1354 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1355 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1356 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1357 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1358 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1359 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1360 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1361 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1362 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1363 * @data field.
1364 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1365 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1366 * length
1367 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1368 *
1369 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1370 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1371 * data.
1372 */
1373struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1374 u32 present;
1375 u8 align;
1376 u8 oui[3];
1377 u8 subns;
1378 u8 pad;
1379 u16 len;
1380 u8 data[];
1381} __packed;
1382
1383/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001384 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1385 *
1386 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1387 *
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001388 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1389 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1390 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001391 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1392 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1393 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1394 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1395 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1396 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1397 * for more.
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001398 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1399 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1400 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1401 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1402 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001403 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1404 * operating channel.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001405 */
1406enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001407 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
Johannes Bergae5eb022008-10-14 16:58:37 +02001408 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001409 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001410 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001411};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001412
Johannes Berg7a5158e2008-10-08 10:59:33 +02001413
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001414/**
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001415 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1416 *
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001417 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001418 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001419 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001420 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
Johannes Berg47979382009-01-07 10:13:27 +01001421 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001422 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001423 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001424 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001425 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1426 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001427 */
1428enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001429 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001430 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001431 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001432 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001433 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1434 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1435 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001436 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001437};
1438
1439/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001440 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1441 *
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +02001442 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1443 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1444 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1445 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1446 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001447 */
1448enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1449 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1450 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1451 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1452 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1453
1454 /* keep last */
1455 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1456};
1457
1458/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001459 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1460 *
1461 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1462 *
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001463 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1464 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001465 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001466 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1467 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1468 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001469 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1470 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1471 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1472 *
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02001473 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1474 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001475 *
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001476 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001477 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001478 *
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001479 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001480 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1481 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001482 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001483 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1484 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001485 *
1486 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1487 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001488 * configured for an HT channel.
1489 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1490 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001491 */
1492struct ieee80211_conf {
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001493 u32 flags;
Juuso Oikarinenff616382010-06-09 09:51:52 +03001494 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +02001495
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001496 u16 listen_interval;
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001497 u8 ps_dtim_period;
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001498
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001499 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1500
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001501 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001502 bool radar_enabled;
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001503 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001504};
1505
1506/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001507 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1508 *
1509 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1510 * operation.
1511 *
1512 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1513 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1514 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1515 * the driver passed into mac80211.
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001516 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1517 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001518 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1519 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001520 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001521 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
1522 */
1523struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1524 u64 timestamp;
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001525 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001526 bool block_tx;
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001527 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001528 u8 count;
1529};
1530
1531/**
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001532 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1533 *
1534 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1535 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001536 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1537 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1538 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1539 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001540 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1541 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1542 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1543 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001544 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1545 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1546 * this is not pure P2P vif.
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001547 */
1548enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1549 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001550 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001551 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001552 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001553};
1554
1555/**
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001556 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1557 *
1558 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1559 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1560 *
Johannes Berg51fb61e2007-12-19 01:31:27 +01001561 * @type: type of this virtual interface
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001562 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1563 * or the BSS we're associated to
Johannes Berg47846c92009-11-25 17:46:19 +01001564 * @addr: address of this interface
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001565 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1566 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
Michal Kazior59af6922014-04-09 15:10:59 +02001567 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1568 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1569 * for read access.
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001570 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001571 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1572 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1573 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1574 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001575 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1576 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001577 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1578 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1579 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1580 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1581 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001582 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001583 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001584 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001585 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1586 * interface.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001587 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001588 * sizeof(void \*).
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001589 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301590 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1591 * protected by fq->lock.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001592 */
1593struct ieee80211_vif {
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001594 enum nl80211_iftype type;
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001595 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
Michael Brauna3e2f4b2016-10-15 13:28:19 +02001596 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001597 bool p2p;
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02001598 bool csa_active;
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001599 bool mu_mimo_owner;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001600
1601 u8 cab_queue;
1602 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1603
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001604 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1605
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001606 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1607
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001608 u32 driver_flags;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001609
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001610#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1611 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1612#endif
1613
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001614 unsigned int probe_req_reg;
1615
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301616 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1617
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001618 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01001619 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001620};
1621
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001622static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1623{
1624#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001625 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001626#endif
1627 return false;
1628}
1629
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001630/**
Johannes Bergad7e7182013-11-13 13:37:47 +01001631 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1632 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1633 *
1634 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1635 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1636 *
1637 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1638 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1639 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1640 */
1641struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1642
1643/**
Emmanuel Grumbachdc5a1ad2015-03-12 08:53:24 +02001644 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1645 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1646 *
1647 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1648 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1649 *
1650 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1651 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1652 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1653 */
1654struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1655
1656/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001657 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1658 *
1659 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1660 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1661 *
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001662 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1663 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001664 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1665 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001666 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1667 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1668 * generation in software.
Ivo van Doornc6adbd22008-04-17 21:11:18 +02001669 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1670 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001671 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001672 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1673 * (MFP) to be done in software.
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001674 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comee701082012-05-09 08:11:20 +03001675 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001676 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001677 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1678 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1679 * MIC.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001680 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1681 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1682 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1683 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1684 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1685 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1686 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001687 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001688 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001689 * only for managment frames (MFP).
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001690 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1691 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1692 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001693 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1694 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1695 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001696 */
1697enum ieee80211_key_flags {
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001698 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1699 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1700 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1701 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1702 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1703 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1704 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001705 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001706 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001707};
1708
1709/**
1710 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1711 *
1712 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1713 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1714 *
1715 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1716 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001717 * encrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001718 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001719 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1720 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001721 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1722 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1723 * @keylen: key material length
Luis R. Rodriguezffd78912008-06-21 10:02:46 -04001724 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1725 * data block:
1726 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1727 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1728 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01001729 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1730 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001731 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001732struct ieee80211_key_conf {
Johannes Bergdb388a52015-06-01 15:36:51 +02001733 atomic64_t tx_pn;
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001734 u32 cipher;
Felix Fietkau76708de2008-10-05 18:02:48 +02001735 u8 icv_len;
1736 u8 iv_len;
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001737 u8 hw_key_idx;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001738 s8 keyidx;
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001739 u16 flags;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001740 u8 keylen;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001741 u8 key[0];
1742};
1743
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001744#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1745
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001746#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1747#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1748
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001749/**
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001750 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1751 *
1752 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1753 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1754 * reverse order than in packet)
1755 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1756 * reverse order than in packet)
1757 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1758 * reverse order than in packet)
1759 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1760 * reverse order than in packet)
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001761 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001762 */
1763struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1764 union {
1765 struct {
1766 u32 iv32;
1767 u16 iv16;
1768 } tkip;
1769 struct {
1770 u8 pn[6];
1771 } ccmp;
1772 struct {
1773 u8 pn[6];
1774 } aes_cmac;
1775 struct {
1776 u8 pn[6];
1777 } aes_gmac;
1778 struct {
1779 u8 pn[6];
1780 } gcmp;
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001781 struct {
1782 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1783 u8 seq_len;
1784 } hw;
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001785 };
1786};
1787
1788/**
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02001789 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1790 *
1791 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1792 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1793 *
1794 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1795 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1796 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1797 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1798 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1799 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1800 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1801 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1802 * key_idx value calculation:
1803 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1804 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1805 */
1806struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1807 u32 cipher;
1808 u16 iftype;
1809 u8 hdr_len;
1810 u8 pn_len;
1811 u8 pn_off;
1812 u8 key_idx_off;
1813 u8 key_idx_mask;
1814 u8 key_idx_shift;
1815 u8 mic_len;
1816};
1817
1818/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001819 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1820 *
1821 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1822 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1823 *
1824 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1825 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1826 */
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001827enum set_key_cmd {
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001828 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001829};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001830
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001831/**
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01001832 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1833 *
1834 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1835 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1836 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1837 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1838 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1839 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1840 */
1841enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1842 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1843 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1844 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1845 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1846 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1847 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1848};
1849
1850/**
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001851 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1852 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1853 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1854 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1855 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1856 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1857 *
1858 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1859 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1860 */
1861enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1862 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1863 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1864 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1865 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1866};
1867
1868/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001869 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1870 *
1871 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001872 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001873 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1874 */
1875struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1876 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1877 struct {
1878 s8 idx;
1879 u8 count;
1880 u8 count_cts;
1881 u8 count_rts;
1882 u16 flags;
1883 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1884};
1885
1886/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001887 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1888 *
1889 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1890 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1891 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1892 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1893 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01001894 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001895 *
1896 * @addr: MAC address
1897 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
Johannes Berg323ce792008-09-11 02:45:11 +02001898 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
Johannes Berg55d942f2013-03-01 13:07:48 +01001899 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1900 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001901 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
Maxim Altshul480dd462016-08-22 17:14:04 +03001902 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1903 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1904 * Can be modified by driver.
Johannes Berg527871d2015-03-21 08:09:55 +01001905 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1906 * otherwise always false)
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001907 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001908 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001909 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
Emmanuel Grumbachf438ceb2016-10-18 23:12:12 +03001910 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1911 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001912 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001913 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001914 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1915 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1916 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1917 * the station moves to associated state.
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001918 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001919 * @rates: rate control selection table
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03001920 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03001921 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
1922 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05301923 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001924 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
1925 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
1926 * unlimited.
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02001927 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01001928 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03001929 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03001930 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
1931 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001932 */
1933struct ieee80211_sta {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001934 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001935 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1936 u16 aid;
Johannes Bergd9fe60d2008-10-09 12:13:49 +02001937 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
Mahesh Palivela818255e2012-10-10 11:33:04 +00001938 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001939 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
1940 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
Arik Nemtsov39df6002011-06-27 23:58:45 +03001941 bool wme;
Eliad Peller9533b4a2011-08-23 14:37:47 +03001942 u8 uapsd_queues;
1943 u8 max_sp;
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001944 u8 rx_nss;
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001945 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001946 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001947 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03001948 bool tdls;
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03001949 bool tdls_initiator;
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05301950 bool mfp;
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001951 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01001952
1953 /**
1954 * @max_amsdu_len:
1955 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
1956 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
1957 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
1958 *
1959 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
1960 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
1961 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
1962 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
1963 *
1964 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
1965 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
1966 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
1967 */
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001968 u16 max_amsdu_len;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02001969 bool support_p2p_ps;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01001970 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03001971 u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001972
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03001973 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001974
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001975 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01001976 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001977};
1978
1979/**
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001980 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
1981 *
1982 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
Sujith38a6cc72010-05-19 11:32:30 +05301983 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001984 *
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01001985 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
1986 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
1987 */
Christian Lamparter89fad572008-12-09 16:28:06 +01001988enum sta_notify_cmd {
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01001989 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
1990};
1991
1992/**
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02001993 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
1994 *
1995 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
1996 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
1997 */
1998struct ieee80211_tx_control {
1999 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2000};
2001
2002/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002003 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
2004 *
2005 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
2006 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002007 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
2008 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002009 * @ac: the AC for this queue
Johannes Bergf8bdbb52015-05-20 15:04:53 +02002010 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002011 *
2012 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
2013 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
2014 */
2015struct ieee80211_txq {
2016 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
2017 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2018 u8 tid;
2019 u8 ac;
2020
2021 /* must be last */
2022 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2023};
2024
2025/**
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002026 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
2027 *
2028 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
2029 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
2030 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
2031 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
2032 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
2033 *
Johannes Bergaf65cd962009-11-17 18:18:36 +01002034 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
2035 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
2036 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
2037 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
2038 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
2039 * algorithm.
2040 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
2041 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
2042 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
2043 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
2044 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
2045 * CCK frames.
2046 *
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002047 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
2048 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
2049 * the FCS at the end.
2050 *
2051 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
2052 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
2053 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
2054 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
2055 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
2056 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07002057 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002058 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002059 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
2060 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
2061 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
2062 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
2063 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002064 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
2065 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
2066 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
2067 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
2068 *
Tomas Winkler06ff47b2008-06-18 17:53:44 +03002069 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
2070 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
2071 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
Sujith8b30b1f2008-10-24 09:55:27 +05302072 *
2073 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
2074 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
Kalle Valo520eb822008-12-18 23:35:27 +02002075 *
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002076 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
2077 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
2078 *
2079 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
2080 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
2081 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2082 *
2083 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2084 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
Jouni Malinen4375d082009-01-08 13:32:11 +02002085 *
2086 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2087 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002088 *
Vivek Natarajan375177b2010-02-09 14:50:28 +05302089 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2090 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2091 * the stack.
2092 *
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02002093 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002094 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2095 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02002096 *
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +02002097 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2098 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2099 * dtim_period).
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02002100 *
2101 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2102 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2103 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2104 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2105 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2106 * only in that case.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02002107 *
2108 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2109 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2110 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2111 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2112 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2113 * the PS mode of connected stations.
Arik Nemtsovedf6b782011-08-30 09:32:38 +03002114 *
2115 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2116 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2117 * software.
Eliad Peller885bd8e2012-02-02 17:44:55 +02002118 *
Johannes Berg4b6f1dd2012-04-03 14:35:57 +02002119 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2120 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2121 * active interfaces.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002122 *
Ben Greeare27513f2014-10-22 12:23:03 -07002123 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2124 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2125 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2126 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002127 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2128 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2129 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2130 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2131 * supported cipher suites.
2132 *
Johannes Berg17c18bf2015-03-21 15:25:43 +01002133 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2134 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2135 * for frames.
2136 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002137 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2138 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2139 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2140 * control for more details.
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002141 *
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002142 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2143 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2144 *
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002145 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2146 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2147 * is supported.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01002148 *
2149 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2150 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002151 *
Johannes Berg919be622013-10-14 10:05:16 +02002152 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2153 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2154 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2155 *
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002156 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2157 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2158 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2159 * CSA frame.
Luciano Coelho5d52ee82014-02-27 14:33:47 +02002160 *
Ido Yarivc70f59a2014-07-29 15:39:14 +03002161 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2162 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2163 *
Johannes Bergc526a462015-06-02 20:32:00 +02002164 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002165 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002166 *
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002167 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2168 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2169 *
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002170 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2171 * within A-MPDU.
2172 *
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002173 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2174 * for sent beacons.
2175 *
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002176 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2177 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2178 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2179 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2180 *
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002181 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2182 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2183 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2184 * timeout.
2185 *
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002186 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2187 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2188 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002189 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2190 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2191 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2192 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2193 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2194 *
2195 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2196 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2197 *
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302198 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2199 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2200 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2201 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2202 *
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002203 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2204 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2205 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2206 *
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002207 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2208 * TDLS links.
2209 *
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002210 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2211 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2212 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2213 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2214 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2215 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2216 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
Randy Dunlapd1361b32018-04-26 18:17:31 -07002217 *
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002218 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2219 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002220 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002221 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2222 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2223 *
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002224 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2225 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2226 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2227 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2228 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2229 *
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002230 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
2231 * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
2232 * TXQs to start with.
2233 *
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002234 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
2235 * length in tx status information
2236 *
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002237 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002238 */
2239enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002240 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2241 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2242 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2243 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2244 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2245 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2246 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2247 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2248 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2249 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2250 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2251 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2252 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2253 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2254 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2255 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2256 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2257 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2258 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2259 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2260 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2261 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2262 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2263 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2264 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2265 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2266 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2267 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2268 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002269 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002270 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002271 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002272 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002273 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002274 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002275 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2276 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302277 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002278 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002279 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002280 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002281 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002282 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002283 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002284 IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002285 IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002286
2287 /* keep last, obviously */
2288 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002289};
2290
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002291/**
2292 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002293 *
2294 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2295 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2296 *
2297 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2298 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2299 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01002300 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2301 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002302 *
2303 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2304 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002305 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2306 * along with this structure.
2307 *
2308 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2309 *
2310 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2311 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2312 *
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002313 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2314 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002315 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002316 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002317 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002318 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002319 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002320 * that HW supports
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002321 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002322 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +02002323 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2324 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2325 *
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002326 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2327 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2328 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002329 *
2330 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2331 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002332 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2333 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002334 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2335 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002336 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2337 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002338 *
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002339 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2340 * can handle.
2341 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2342 * the hw can report back.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002343 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04002344 *
Luciano Coelhodf6ba5d2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02002345 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2346 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2347 * aggregation.
2348 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2349 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2350 * it shouldn't be set.
Johannes Berg5dd36bc2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01002351 *
2352 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002353 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2354 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2355 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2356 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2357 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002358 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002359 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2360 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2361 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002362 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2363 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002364 *
2365 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2366 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002367 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002368 * adding _BW is supported today.
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002369 *
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002370 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2371 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002372 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002373 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002374 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2375 *
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002376 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002377 * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002378 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002379 * device_timestamp.
2380 * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
2381 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2382 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
2383 * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
2384 * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002385 *
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002386 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
Johannes Berg680a0da2015-04-13 16:58:25 +02002387 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2388 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002389 *
2390 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2391 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2392 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2393 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2394 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2395 * neither enabled.
2396 *
2397 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2398 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2399 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002400 *
2401 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2402 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2403 * supported by HW.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002404 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2405 * device.
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002406 *
2407 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2408 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2409 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002410 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensencb868802019-01-29 11:31:26 +01002411 * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002412 * refilling deficit of each TXQ.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002413 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002414struct ieee80211_hw {
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002415 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002416 struct wiphy *wiphy;
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002417 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002418 void *priv;
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002419 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002420 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002421 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002422 int vif_data_size;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002423 int sta_data_size;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002424 int chanctx_data_size;
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002425 int txq_data_size;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002426 u16 queues;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002427 u16 max_listen_interval;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002428 s8 max_signal;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002429 u8 max_rates;
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002430 u8 max_report_rates;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002431 u8 max_rate_tries;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002432 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2433 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002434 u8 max_tx_fragments;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002435 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002436 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002437 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002438 struct {
2439 int units_pos;
2440 s16 accuracy;
2441 } radiotap_timestamp;
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002442 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002443 u8 uapsd_queues;
2444 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002445 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2446 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002447 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002448 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002449 u8 weight_multiplier;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002450};
2451
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002452static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2453 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2454{
2455 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2456}
2457#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2458
2459static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2460 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2461{
2462 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2463}
2464#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2465
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002466/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002467 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2468 *
2469 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2470 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2471 */
2472struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2473 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2474
2475 /* Keep last */
2476 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2477};
2478
2479/**
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02002480 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2481 *
2482 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2483 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2484 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2485 * @status: channel-switch response status
2486 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2487 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2488 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2489 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2490 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2491 */
2492struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2493 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2494 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2495 u8 action_code;
2496 u32 status;
2497 u32 timestamp;
2498 u16 switch_time;
2499 u16 switch_timeout;
2500 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2501 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2502};
2503
2504/**
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002505 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2506 *
2507 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2508 *
2509 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2510 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2511 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2512 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2513 * is already used internally by mac80211.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002514 *
2515 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002516 */
2517struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2518
2519/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002520 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2521 *
2522 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2523 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2524 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002525static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2526{
2527 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2528}
2529
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002530/**
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002531 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002532 *
2533 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2534 * @addr: the address to set
2535 */
Bjorn Andersson538dc902015-12-24 00:33:26 -08002536static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002537{
2538 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2539}
2540
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002541static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2542ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002543 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002544{
Larry Fingeraa331df2012-04-06 16:35:53 -05002545 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002546 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002547 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002548}
2549
2550static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2551ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002552 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002553{
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002554 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002555 return NULL;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002556 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002557}
2558
2559static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2560ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002561 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002562{
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002563 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002564 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002565 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002566}
2567
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002568/**
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002569 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2570 * @hw: the hardware
2571 * @skb: the skb
2572 *
2573 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
2574 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2575 */
2576void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2577
2578/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002579 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002580 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002581 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2582 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2583 *
2584 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2585 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01002586 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2587 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2588 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002589 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2590 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
2591 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002592 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2593 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2594 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2595 *
2596 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2597 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2598 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2599 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2600 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002601 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2602 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2603 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2604 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2605 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002606 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2607 *
2608 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2609 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2610 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2611 * based on the receive flags.
2612 *
2613 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2614 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2615 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2616 * keys.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002617 *
2618 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2619 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2620 * handler.
2621 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
Lucas De Marchi25985ed2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03002622 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002623 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2624 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002625 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002626 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03002627 *
2628 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2629 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2630 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002631 *
2632 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
2633 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
2634 * requirements:
2635 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
2636 mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
2637 completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
2638 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2639 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2640 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
2641 encrypted with the new key and
2642 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2643 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002644 */
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002645
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002646/**
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002647 * DOC: Powersave support
2648 *
2649 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2650 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002651 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2652 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2653 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2654 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2655 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2656 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2657 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2658 * it finds traffic directed to it.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002659 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002660 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2661 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2662 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002663 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2664 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002665 *
2666 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2667 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2668 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002669 *
2670 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2671 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2672 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2673 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002674 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2675 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002676 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002677 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002678 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2679 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2680 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2681 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2682 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2683 * periods.
2684 *
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002685 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002686 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2687 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2688 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2689 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2690 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2691 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2692 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2693 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2694 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2695 *
2696 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01002697 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002698 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002699 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2700 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2701 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2702 *
2703 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2704 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002705 */
2706
2707/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002708 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2709 *
2710 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
Justin P. Mattock42b2aa82011-11-28 20:31:00 -08002711 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002712 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2713 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2714 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2715 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2716 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2717 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01002718 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2719 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002720 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2721 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2722 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2723 *
2724 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2725 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2726 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2727 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2728 *
2729 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2730 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2731 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2732 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002733 *
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002734 * - a list of information element IDs
2735 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2736 *
2737 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2738 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2739 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2740 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2741 * vendor information elements.
2742 *
2743 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2744 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2745 *
2746 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2747 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2748 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2749 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2750 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2751 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2752 *
2753 *
2754 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2755 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2756 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2757 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2758 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2759 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2760 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2761 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2762 *
2763 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2764 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2765 * signal strength threshold checking.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002766 */
2767
2768/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01002769 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2770 *
2771 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2772 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2773 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2774 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2775 *
2776 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2777 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2778 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2779 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2780 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2781 * hardware flags.
2782 *
2783 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2784 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2785 * turned off otherwise.
2786 *
2787 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2788 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2789 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2790 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2791 */
2792
2793/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002794 * DOC: Frame filtering
2795 *
2796 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2797 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2798 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2799 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2800 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2801 *
2802 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2803 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2804 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2805 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02002806 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2807 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2808 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2809 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2810 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2811 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2812 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002813 *
2814 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2815 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2816 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2817 * or dropped.
2818 *
Michael Bueschd0f5afb2008-02-12 20:12:45 +01002819 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2820 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2821 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2822 * the flag, but not clear it.
2823 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2824 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2825 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2826 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2827 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2828 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2829 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2830 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002831 */
2832
2833/**
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002834 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2835 *
2836 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2837 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2838 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2839 *
2840 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2841 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2842 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2843 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2844 * the driver code.
2845 *
2846 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2847 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2848 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2849 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2850 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2851 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2852 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2853 *
2854 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2855 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2856 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2857 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2858 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2859 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2860 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2861 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2862 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2863 * @sta_notify callback.
2864 *
2865 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2866 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2867 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2868 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2869 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2870 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2871 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002872 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002873 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2874 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2875 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2876 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2877 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2878 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2879 *
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002880 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2881 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2882 *
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002883 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2884 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2885 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2886 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2887 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2888 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2889 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2890 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2891 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2892 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2893 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2894 *
2895 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2896 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2897 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2898 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2899 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2900 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2901 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2902 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2903 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2904 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002905 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002906 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2907 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2908 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2909 *
2910 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2911 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2912 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2913 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2914 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002915 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002916 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2917 *
2918 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2919 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2920 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2921 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002922 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
Johannes Bergb77cf4f2014-01-09 00:00:38 +01002923 *
2924 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
2925 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
2926 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
2927 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002928 */
2929
2930/**
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002931 * DOC: HW queue control
2932 *
2933 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2934 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2935 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2936 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2937 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2938 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2939 *
2940 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2941 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2942 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2943 *
2944 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
2945 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
2946 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
2947 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
2948 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
2949 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
2950 * the hardware queue.
2951 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
2952 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
2953 *
2954 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
2955 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
2956 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
2957 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
2958 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
2959 *
2960 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
2961 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
2962 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
2963 * off-channel queue: 9
2964 *
2965 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
2966 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
2967 *
2968 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
2969 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
2970 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
2971 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
2972 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
2973 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2974 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
2975 *
2976 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
2977 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
2978 *
2979 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
2980 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
2981 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
2982 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
2983 */
2984
2985/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002986 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
2987 *
2988 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
2989 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
2990 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
2991 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
2992 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002993 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
2994 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
2995 * multicast address.
2996 *
2997 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
2998 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
2999 *
3000 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
3001 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
3002 *
3003 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
3004 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
3005 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
3006 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
3007 * honour this flag if possible.
3008 *
Johannes Bergdf140462015-04-22 14:40:58 +02003009 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
3010 * station
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003011 *
3012 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003013 *
Jakub Kicinskic2d39552015-06-02 21:10:13 +02003014 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003015 *
3016 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003017 */
3018enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003019 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
3020 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
3021 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
3022 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
3023 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
3024 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003025 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003026 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003027};
3028
3029/**
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003030 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
3031 *
3032 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
3033 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003034 *
3035 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
3036 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02003037 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003038 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
3039 *
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003040 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
3041 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
3042 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003043 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003044 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
3045 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
3046 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
3047 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
3048 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
3049 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
3050 * session is gone and removes the station.
3051 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
3052 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
3053 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
3054 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003055 */
3056enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
3057 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
3058 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003059 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003060 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
3061 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
3062 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003063 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003064};
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003065
3066/**
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003067 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
3068 *
3069 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3070 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
3071 * @tid: tid of the BA session
3072 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
3073 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
3074 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
3075 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
3076 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
3077 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3078 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
3079 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3080 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
3081 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
3082 */
3083struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
3084 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
3085 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
3086 u16 tid;
3087 u16 ssn;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03003088 u16 buf_size;
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003089 bool amsdu;
3090 u16 timeout;
3091};
3092
3093/**
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003094 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
3095 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003096 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3097 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003098 */
3099enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3100 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003101 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003102};
3103
3104/**
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003105 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3106 *
3107 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01003108 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3109 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3110 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003111 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003112 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3113 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3114 * the peer.
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003115 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3116 * by the peer
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003117 */
3118enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3119 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3120 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003121 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003122 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003123};
3124
3125/**
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003126 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3127 *
3128 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3129 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
3130 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
3131 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3132 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3133 *
3134 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3135 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
3136 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
3137 */
3138enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3139 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3140 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3141};
3142
3143/**
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003144 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
3145 *
3146 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3147 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3148 *
3149 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3150 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3151 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3152 * of wowlan configuration)
3153 */
3154enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3155 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3156 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3157};
3158
3159/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003160 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3161 *
3162 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3163 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3164 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3165 *
3166 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3167 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3168 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
Johannes Bergeefce912008-05-17 00:57:13 +02003169 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003170 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003171 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003172 *
3173 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3174 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3175 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3176 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3177 * or zero.
3178 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3179 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3180 * is added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003181 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003182 *
3183 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3184 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3185 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3186 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04003187 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3188 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003189 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003190 *
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003191 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3192 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3193 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3194 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3195 * reconfigured at resume time.
Johannes Berg2b4562d2011-07-02 00:02:01 +02003196 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3197 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3198 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3199 * must return 1 from this function.
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003200 *
3201 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3202 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3203 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3204 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3205 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3206 *
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02003207 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3208 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3209 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3210 * in suspend().
3211 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003212 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04003213 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003214 * and @stop must be implemented.
3215 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3216 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3217 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3218 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3219 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003220 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003221 *
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003222 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3223 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3224 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3225 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3226 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3227 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003228 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3229 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3230 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3231 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3232 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3233 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3234 * MAC address of the device going away.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003235 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003236 *
3237 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3238 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003239 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003240 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003241 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003242 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3243 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3244 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3245 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3246 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003247 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3248 * can sleep.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003249 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003250 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3251 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3252 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3253 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003254 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3255 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003256 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003257 *
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003258 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3259 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3260 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3261 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3262 * which flags are changed.
3263 * This callback can sleep.
3264 *
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07003265 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003266 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003267 *
3268 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003269 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3270 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003271 * is enabled.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003272 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003273 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003274 *
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003275 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3276 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3277 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
Kalle Valoeb807fb2010-01-24 14:55:12 +02003278 * The callback must be atomic.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003279 *
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003280 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3281 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3282 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3283 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3284 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3285 *
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003286 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3287 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3288 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3289 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003290 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01003291 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
Kalle Valo9050bdd2009-03-22 21:57:21 +02003292 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3293 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
Johannes Bergde95a542009-04-01 11:58:36 +02003294 * that power save is disabled.
3295 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3296 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3297 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3298 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3299 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3300 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3301 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
Johannes Berge9da68d2018-10-18 10:35:47 +02003302 * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
3303 * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
3304 * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
3305 * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
3306 * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003307 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003308 *
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003309 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3310 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3311 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3312 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3313 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3314 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3315 * The callback can sleep.
3316 *
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003317 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3318 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3319 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3320 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3321 *
3322 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003323 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003324 *
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003325 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3326 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003327 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3328 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3329 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003330 *
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003331 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3332 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3333 * this notification.
3334 * The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003335 *
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003336 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3337 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003338 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003339 *
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003340 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3341 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3342 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003343 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003344 *
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003345 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03003346 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3347 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3348 * should be set as well.
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003349 * The callback can sleep.
3350 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003351 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003352 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003353 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003354 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3355 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3356 *
3357 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003358 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3359 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3360 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3361 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3362 * This callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003363 *
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece2012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303364 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3365 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
Johannes Bergc7e9dbc2016-09-14 10:03:00 +02003366 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3367 * callback can sleep.
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece2012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303368 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003369 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003370 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3371 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3372 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01003373 *
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003374 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3375 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3376 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3377 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003378 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3379 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3380 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3381 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3382 * The callback can sleep.
3383 *
3384 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3385 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3386 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3387 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3388 * in @sta_state.
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003389 * The callback can sleep.
3390 *
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003391 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3392 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3393 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3394 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3395 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3396 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3397 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003398 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3399 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3400 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003401 *
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003402 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3403 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3404 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3405 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3406 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3407 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3408 * The callback can sleep.
3409 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003410 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
Johannes Bergfe3fa822008-09-08 11:05:09 +02003411 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003412 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003413 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003414 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003415 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003416 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003417 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003418 * The callback can sleep.
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003419 *
3420 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02003421 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003422 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003423 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003424 *
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003425 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3426 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3427 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3428 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3429 * The callback can sleep.
3430 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003431 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3432 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3433 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3434 * TSF synchronization.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003435 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003436 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003437 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3438 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3439 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003440 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003441 * The callback can sleep.
Ron Rindjunskyd3c990f2007-11-26 16:14:34 +02003442 *
Randy Dunlap4e8998f2010-05-21 11:28:33 -07003443 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3444 *
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003445 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3446 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3447 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003448 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003449 *
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003450 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3451 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003452 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3453 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3454 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003455 *
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003456 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3457 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003458 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berga80f7c02009-12-23 13:15:32 +01003459 *
3460 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003461 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3462 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3463 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3464 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003465 * Note that vif can be NULL.
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003466 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003467 *
3468 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3469 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3470 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3471 * completion of the channel switch.
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04003472 *
Bruno Randolf79b1c462010-11-24 14:34:41 +09003473 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3474 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3475 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3476 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3477 *
3478 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003479 *
3480 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3481 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3482 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3483 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3484 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3485 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003486 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003487 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3488 * must be accepted in this case.
3489 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003490 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3491 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003492 *
3493 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3494 *
3495 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303496 *
3497 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3498 * queues before entering power save.
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303499 *
3500 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3501 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3502 * The callback can sleep.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003503 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3504 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +03003505 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003506 *
3507 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3508 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3509 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3510 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003511 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003512 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3513 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3514 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3515 * more-data bit must always be set.
3516 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3517 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +02003518 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3519 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3520 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3521 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3522 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3523 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003524 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3525 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3526 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003527 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3528 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003529 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003530 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003531 * This callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003532 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3533 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3534 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003535 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003536 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3537 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3538 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3539 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003540 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003541 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003542 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3543 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3544 * This callback must be atomic.
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003545 *
3546 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3547 *
3548 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3549 *
3550 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3551 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3552 *
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003553 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3554 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3555 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3556 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3557 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3558 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3559 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3560 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3561 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02003562 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3563 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3564 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003565 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3566 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003567 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3568 * duration for which the operation is requested.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003569 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003570 *
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003571 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3572 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3573 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3574 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3575 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3576 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3577 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3578 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3579 *
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003580 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303581 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003582 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303583 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003584 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3585 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3586 * channel context with different settings
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303587 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003588 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3589 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303590 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003591 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3592 * unbound from vif.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303593 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003594 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3595 * another, as specified in the list of
3596 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3597 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303598 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003599 *
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003600 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3601 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3602 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3603 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3604 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3605 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3606 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003607 *
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003608 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3609 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3610 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3611 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3612 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg8f21b0a2013-01-11 00:28:01 +01003613 *
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003614 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3615 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3616 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003617 *
3618 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3619 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3620 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003621 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003622 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3623 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003624 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003625 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003626 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3627 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003628 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3629 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
Masahiro Yamada9332ef92017-02-27 14:28:47 -08003630 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003631 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003632 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3633 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3634 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003635 *
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003636 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3637 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3638 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3639 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02003640 *
3641 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3642 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3643 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003644 *
3645 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3646 * and hardware limits.
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003647 *
3648 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3649 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3650 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3651 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3652 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3653 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3654 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3655 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3656 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003657 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3658 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3659 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3660 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3661 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3662 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3663 * the function call.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01003664 *
3665 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02003666 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3667 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3668 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3669 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03003670 *
3671 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3672 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03003673 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3674 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3675 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3676 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3677 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3678 * changed parameters.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03003679 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3680 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3681 * this call.
3682 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3683 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3684 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03003685 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
3686 * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
3687 * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
3688 * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07003689 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3690 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02003691 *
3692 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
3693 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003694 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003695struct ieee80211_ops {
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02003696 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3697 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3698 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003699 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003700 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003701#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3702 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3703 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg6d525632012-04-04 15:05:25 +02003704 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003705#endif
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003706 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003707 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003708 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3709 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02003710 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003711 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003712 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02003713 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003714 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3715 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3716 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3717 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergb2abb6e2011-07-19 10:39:53 +02003718
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003719 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3720 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3721
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003722 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Jiri Pirko22bedad32010-04-01 21:22:57 +00003723 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003724 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3725 unsigned int changed_flags,
3726 unsigned int *total_flags,
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003727 u64 multicast);
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003728 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3729 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3730 unsigned int filter_flags,
3731 unsigned int changed_flags);
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003732 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3733 bool set);
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04003734 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003735 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04003736 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003737 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergb3fbdcf2010-01-21 11:40:47 +01003738 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3739 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3740 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3741 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003742 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3743 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3744 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003745 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3746 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
Johannes Berga060bbf2010-04-27 11:59:34 +02003747 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02003748 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003749 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3750 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003751 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3752 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3753 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02003754 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003755 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003756 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003757 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3758 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3759 const u8 *mac_addr);
3760 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3761 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003762 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3763 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003764 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3765 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3766 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003767 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003768 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003769 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3770 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3771 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3772 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece2012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303773#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3774 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3775 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3776 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3777 struct dentry *dir);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece2012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303778#endif
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003779 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003780 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003781 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3782 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3783 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3784 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003785 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3786 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3787 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003788 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3789 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3790 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3791 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003792 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3793 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3794 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003795 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3796 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3797 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3798 struct station_info *sinfo);
Eliad Peller8a3a3c82011-10-02 10:15:52 +02003799 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga3304b02012-03-28 11:04:24 +02003800 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003801 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003802 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3803 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3804 u64 tsf);
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003805 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3806 s64 offset);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003807 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003808 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01003809
3810 /**
3811 * @ampdu_action:
3812 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
3813 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3814 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
3815 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3816 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
3817 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
3818 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3819 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3820 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3821 *
3822 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
3823 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
3824 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
3825 *
3826 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3827 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3828 *
3829 * - ``TX: 1 or``
3830 * - ``TX: 18 or``
3831 * - ``TX: 81``
3832 *
3833 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3834 *
3835 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
3836 * The callback can sleep.
3837 */
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003838 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01003839 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003840 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
Holger Schurig12897232010-04-19 10:23:57 +02003841 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3842 struct survey_info *survey);
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003843 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003844 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003845#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003846 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3847 void *data, int len);
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003848 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3849 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3850 void *data, int len);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003851#endif
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003852 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3853 u32 queues, bool drop);
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003854 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho0f791eb42014-10-08 09:48:40 +03003855 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003856 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Bruno Randolf15d96752010-11-10 12:50:56 +09003857 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3858 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003859
3860 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Eliad Peller49884562012-11-19 17:05:09 +02003861 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003862 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003863 int duration,
3864 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003865 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003866 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3867 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3868 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303869 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303870 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3871 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003872 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3873 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3874 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003875
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003876 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3877 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3878 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3879 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3880 bool more_data);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003881 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3882 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3883 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3884 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3885 bool more_data);
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003886
3887 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3888 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
3889 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3890 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3891 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
3892 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3893 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3894 u32 sset, u8 *data);
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003895
3896 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003897 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3898 u16 duration);
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003899
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003900 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3901 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3902
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003903 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3904 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3905 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3906 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3907 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3908 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
3909 u32 changed);
3910 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3911 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3912 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3913 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3914 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3915 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003916 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3917 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
3918 int n_vifs,
3919 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003920
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003921 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3922 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003923
3924#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
3925 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3926 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3927 struct inet6_dev *idev);
3928#endif
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003929 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3930 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3931 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003932 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3933 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3934 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003935
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003936 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3937 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3938
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003939 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3940 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Maxim Altshul2439ca02016-08-04 15:43:04 +03003941 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3942 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003943 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3944 int *dbm);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003945
3946 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3947 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3948 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
3949 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003950 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003951 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3952 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3953 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003954 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3955 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3956 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01003957
Johannes Berge7881bd52017-12-19 10:11:54 +01003958 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3959 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02003960 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03003961
3962 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3963 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3964 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3965 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3966 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03003967 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3968 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3969 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03003970 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3971 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3972 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3973 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3974 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3975 u8 instance_id);
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03003976 bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3977 struct sk_buff *head,
3978 struct sk_buff *skb);
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07003979 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3980 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3981 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02003982 int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3983 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3984 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3985 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003986};
3987
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003988/**
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07003989 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
3990 *
3991 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
3992 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
3993 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
3994 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
3995 * @priv_data_len.
3996 *
3997 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
3998 * @ops: callbacks for this device
3999 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
4000 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
4001 *
4002 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
4003 */
4004struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
4005 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
4006 const char *requested_name);
4007
4008/**
4009 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004010 *
4011 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4012 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4013 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4014 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4015 * @priv_data_len.
4016 *
4017 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4018 * @ops: callbacks for this device
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004019 *
4020 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004021 */
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004022static inline
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004023struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004024 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
4025{
4026 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
4027}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004028
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004029/**
4030 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
4031 *
Johannes Bergdbbea672008-02-26 14:34:06 +01004032 * You must call this function before any other functions in
4033 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
4034 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004035 *
4036 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004037 *
4038 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004039 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004040int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4041
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004042/**
4043 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
4044 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
4045 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
4046 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
4047 */
4048struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
4049 int throughput;
4050 int blink_time;
4051};
4052
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004053/**
4054 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
4055 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
4056 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
4057 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
4058 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
4059 */
4060enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
4061 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
4062 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
4063 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
4064};
4065
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004066#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004067const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4068const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4069const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4070const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4071const char *
4072__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4073 unsigned int flags,
4074 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4075 unsigned int blink_table_len);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004076#endif
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004077/**
4078 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
4079 *
4080 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4081 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4082 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4083 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4084 *
4085 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004086 *
4087 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004088 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004089static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004090{
4091#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4092 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
4093#else
4094 return NULL;
4095#endif
4096}
4097
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004098/**
4099 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
4100 *
4101 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4102 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4103 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4104 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4105 *
4106 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004107 *
4108 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004109 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004110static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004111{
4112#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4113 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
4114#else
4115 return NULL;
4116#endif
4117}
4118
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004119/**
4120 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4121 *
4122 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4123 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4124 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4125 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4126 *
4127 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004128 *
4129 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004130 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004131static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004132{
4133#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4134 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4135#else
4136 return NULL;
4137#endif
4138}
4139
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004140/**
4141 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4142 *
4143 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4144 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4145 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4146 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4147 *
4148 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004149 *
4150 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004151 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004152static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004153{
4154#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4155 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4156#else
4157 return NULL;
4158#endif
4159}
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004160
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004161/**
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004162 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4163 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004164 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004165 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4166 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4167 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004168 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4169 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4170 *
4171 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004172 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004173static inline const char *
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004174ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004175 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4176 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4177{
4178#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004179 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004180 blink_table_len);
4181#else
4182 return NULL;
4183#endif
4184}
4185
4186/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004187 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4188 *
4189 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4190 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4191 *
4192 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4193 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004194void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4195
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004196/**
4197 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4198 *
4199 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4200 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004201 * before calling this function.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004202 *
4203 * @hw: the hardware to free
4204 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004205void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4206
Johannes Bergf2753dd2009-04-14 10:09:24 +02004207/**
4208 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4209 *
4210 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4211 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4212 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4213 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4214 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4215 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4216 *
4217 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4218 */
4219void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4220
Johannes Berg06d181a2014-02-04 20:51:09 +01004221/**
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004222 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004223 *
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004224 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4225 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4226 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4227 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4228 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4229 *
4230 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4231 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4232 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4233 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4234 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4235 *
4236 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4237 *
4238 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004239 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004240 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4241 * @napi: the NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004242 */
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004243void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4244 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004245
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004246/**
4247 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4248 *
4249 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Zhu Yie3cf8b3f2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08004250 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4251 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4252 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4253 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004254 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004255 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004256 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4257 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004258 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4259 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004260 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004261 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Bergd20ef632009-10-11 15:10:40 +02004262 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004263 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4264 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004265 */
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004266static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4267{
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004268 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004269}
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004270
4271/**
4272 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4273 *
4274 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004275 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4276 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004277 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004278 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4279 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004280 *
4281 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4282 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004283 */
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02004284void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004285
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004286/**
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004287 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4288 *
4289 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4290 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4291 *
4292 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004293 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4294 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004295 *
4296 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4297 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4298 */
4299static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4300 struct sk_buff *skb)
4301{
4302 local_bh_disable();
4303 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4304 local_bh_enable();
4305}
4306
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004307/**
4308 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4309 *
4310 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4311 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4312 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4313 *
4314 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4315 *
4316 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4317 * each other.
4318 *
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004319 * @sta: currently connected sta
4320 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004321 *
4322 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004323 */
4324int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4325
4326/**
4327 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4328 * (in process context)
4329 *
4330 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4331 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4332 * applies.
4333 *
4334 * @sta: currently connected sta
4335 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004336 *
4337 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004338 */
4339static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4340 bool start)
4341{
4342 int ret;
4343
4344 local_bh_disable();
4345 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4346 local_bh_enable();
4347
4348 return ret;
4349}
4350
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004351/**
4352 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4353 * @sta: currently connected station
4354 *
4355 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4356 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4357 * connected station was received.
4358 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4359 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4360 * be serialized.
4361 */
4362void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4363
4364/**
4365 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4366 * @sta: currently connected station
4367 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4368 *
4369 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4370 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4371 * from a connected station was received.
4372 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4373 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4374 * serialized.
Emmanuel Grumbach0aa419e2016-10-18 23:12:10 +03004375 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4376 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4377 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4378 * checks.
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004379 */
4380void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4381
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004382/*
4383 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4384 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4385 */
Felix Fietkau651b9922018-02-10 13:20:34 +01004386#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004387
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004388/**
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004389 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
Randy Dunlapbdfbe802011-05-22 17:22:45 -07004390 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004391 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4392 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004393 *
4394 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004395 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4396 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004397 *
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004398 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4399 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4400 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4401 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4402 *
4403 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4404 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4405 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4406 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4407 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4408 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4409 *
4410 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4411 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4412 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4413 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4414 * use this API.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004415 */
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004416void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4417 u8 tid, bool buffered);
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004418
4419/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02004420 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4421 *
4422 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4423 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4424 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4425 *
4426 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4427 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4428 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4429 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4430 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4431 */
4432void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4433 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4434 struct sk_buff *skb,
4435 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4436 int max_rates);
4437
4438/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen484a54c2017-04-06 11:38:26 +02004439 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4440 *
4441 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4442 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4443 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4444 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4445 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4446 * slow stations to starve).
4447 *
4448 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4449 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4450 */
4451void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4452 u32 thr);
4453
4454/**
Anilkumar Kollif8252e72018-10-11 18:15:03 +05304455 * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
4456 *
4457 * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
4458 * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
4459 * in updating the tx rate in data path.
4460 *
4461 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4462 * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
4463 * @info: tx status information
4464 */
4465void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4466 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4467 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4468
4469/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004470 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4471 *
4472 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4473 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4474 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4475 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004476 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4477 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004478 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004479 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4480 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004481 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004482 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4483 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004484 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004485void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004486 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004487
4488/**
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004489 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4490 *
4491 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4492 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4493 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4494 *
4495 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4496 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4497 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4498 *
4499 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4500 * @status: tx status information
4501 */
4502void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4503 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4504
4505/**
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004506 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4507 *
4508 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4509 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4510 * specific skbs.
4511 *
4512 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4513 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4514 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4515 *
4516 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4517 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4518 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4519 * @info: tx status information
4520 */
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004521static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4522 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4523 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4524{
4525 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4526 .sta = sta,
4527 .info = info,
4528 };
4529
4530 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4531}
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004532
4533/**
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004534 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4535 *
4536 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4537 *
4538 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4539 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4540 * for a single hardware.
4541 *
4542 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4543 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4544 */
4545static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4546 struct sk_buff *skb)
4547{
4548 local_bh_disable();
4549 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4550 local_bh_enable();
4551}
4552
4553/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004554 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004555 *
4556 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4557 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4558 *
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004559 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4560 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004561 *
4562 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4563 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004564 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004565void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004566 struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004567
4568/**
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004569 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4570 *
4571 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4572 * connected STA.
4573 *
4574 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4575 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4576 */
4577void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4578
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004579#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4580
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004581/**
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004582 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4583 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4584 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
Luciano Coelho8d77ec82014-05-15 20:32:08 +03004585 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4586 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4587 * should be ignored.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004588 */
4589struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4590 u16 tim_offset;
4591 u16 tim_length;
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004592
4593 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004594};
4595
4596/**
4597 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4598 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4599 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4600 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4601 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4602 *
4603 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4604 * obtain the beacon template.
4605 *
4606 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4607 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004608 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4609 * applicable, the CSA count.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004610 *
4611 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4612 *
4613 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4614 */
4615struct sk_buff *
4616ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4617 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4618 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4619
4620/**
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004621 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
4622 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004623 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004624 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4625 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4626 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4627 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4628 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4629 *
4630 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004631 * obtain the beacon frame.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004632 *
4633 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4634 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004635 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4636 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004637 *
4638 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004639 *
4640 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004641 */
4642struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4643 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4644 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4645
4646/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004647 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4648 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004649 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004650 *
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004651 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004652 *
4653 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004654 */
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004655static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4656 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4657{
4658 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4659}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004660
4661/**
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004662 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4663 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4664 *
4665 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4666 * This function is called implicitly when
4667 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4668 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4669 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4670 *
4671 * Return: new csa counter value
4672 */
4673u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4674
4675/**
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004676 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
4677 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4678 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4679 *
4680 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
4681 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4682 *
4683 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
4684 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4685 */
4686void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
4687
4688/**
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004689 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4690 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4691 *
4692 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004693 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004694 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4695 */
4696void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4697
4698/**
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004699 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004700 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4701 *
4702 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4703 */
4704bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4705
4706
4707/**
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004708 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4709 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4710 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4711 *
4712 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4713 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4714 *
4715 * Can only be called in AP mode.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004716 *
4717 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004718 */
4719struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4720 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4721
4722/**
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004723 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4724 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4725 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4726 *
4727 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4728 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4729 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4730 *
4731 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4732 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004733 *
4734 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004735 */
4736struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4737 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4738
4739/**
4740 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4741 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4742 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004743 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
4744 * if at all possible
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004745 *
4746 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4747 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4748 * BSSID and address is used.
4749 *
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004750 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
4751 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
4752 *
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004753 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4754 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004755 *
4756 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004757 */
4758struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004759 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4760 bool qos_ok);
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004761
4762/**
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004763 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4764 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004765 * @src_addr: source MAC address
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004766 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4767 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004768 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004769 *
4770 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4771 * hardware.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004772 *
4773 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004774 */
4775struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004776 const u8 *src_addr,
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004777 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004778 size_t tailroom);
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004779
4780/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004781 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4782 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004783 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004784 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4785 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004786 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004787 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4788 *
4789 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4790 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4791 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4792 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4793 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004794void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004795 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004796 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004797 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4798
4799/**
4800 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4801 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004802 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004803 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004804 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004805 *
4806 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4807 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4808 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004809 *
4810 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004811 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004812__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4813 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004814 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004815
4816/**
4817 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4818 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004819 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004820 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4821 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004822 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004823 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4824 *
4825 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4826 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4827 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4828 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4829 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004830void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4831 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004832 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004833 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004834 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4835
4836/**
4837 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4838 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004839 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004840 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004841 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004842 *
4843 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4844 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4845 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004846 *
4847 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004848 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004849__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4850 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004851 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004852 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004853
4854/**
4855 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
4856 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004857 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02004858 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004859 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01004860 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004861 *
4862 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
4863 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004864 *
4865 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004866 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004867__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4868 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02004869 enum nl80211_band band,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004870 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01004871 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004872
4873/**
4874 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
4875 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004876 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004877 *
4878 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
4879 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
4880 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
4881 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004882 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
4883 *
4884 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
4885 * frames are available.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004886 *
4887 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
4888 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
4889 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
4890 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
4891 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
4892 * use common code for all beacons.
4893 */
4894struct sk_buff *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004895ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004896
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004897/**
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02004898 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
4899 *
4900 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
4901 *
4902 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4903 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4904 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4905 */
4906void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4907 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4908
4909/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004910 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004911 *
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004912 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
4913 * from the given packet.
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004914 *
4915 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004916 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
4917 * with this P1K
4918 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004919 */
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02004920static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4921 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
4922{
4923 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
4924 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
4925 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
4926
4927 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
4928}
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004929
4930/**
Johannes Berg8bca5d82011-07-13 19:50:34 +02004931 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
4932 *
4933 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
4934 * and transmitter address.
4935 *
4936 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4937 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
4938 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4939 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4940 */
4941void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4942 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4943
4944/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004945 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
4946 *
4947 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
4948 * in the packet.
4949 *
4950 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4951 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
4952 * encrypted with this key
4953 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
4954 */
4955void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4956 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02004957
4958/**
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02004959 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
4960 *
4961 * @pos: start of crypto header
4962 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4963 * @pn: PN to add
4964 *
4965 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
4966 * the packet payload)
4967 *
4968 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
4969 * point to the crypto header)
4970 */
4971u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
4972
4973/**
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02004974 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
4975 *
4976 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02004977 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02004978 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4979 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4980 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
4981 *
4982 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
4983 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
4984 * by the device and not by mac80211.
4985 *
4986 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
4987 * can be done concurrently.
4988 */
4989void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4990 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
4991
4992/**
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02004993 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
4994 *
4995 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02004996 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02004997 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
4998 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
4999 * @seq: new sequence data
5000 *
5001 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
5002 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
5003 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
5004 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
5005 *
5006 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5007 * can be done concurrently.
5008 */
5009void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5010 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5011
5012/**
5013 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
5014 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5015 *
5016 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
5017 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
5018 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
5019 *
5020 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
5021 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
5022 */
5023void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5024
5025/**
5026 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
5027 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
5028 * @keyconf: new key data
5029 *
5030 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
5031 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
5032 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
5033 *
5034 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
5035 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
5036 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
5037 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
5038 *
5039 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
5040 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
5041 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
5042 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
5043 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
5044 * of the reconfiguration.
5045 *
5046 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
5047 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
5048 *
5049 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
5050 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
5051 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
5052 * the key that's being replaced.
5053 */
5054struct ieee80211_key_conf *
5055ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5056 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5057
5058/**
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005059 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
5060 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
5061 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
5062 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
5063 * @gfp: allocation flags
5064 */
5065void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
5066 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5067
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005068/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005069 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
5070 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5071 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5072 *
5073 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5074 */
5075void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5076
5077/**
5078 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
5079 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5080 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5081 *
5082 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5083 */
5084void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5085
5086/**
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005087 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
5088 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5089 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5090 *
5091 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005092 *
5093 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005094 */
5095
5096int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5097
5098/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005099 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
5100 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5101 *
5102 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5103 */
5104void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5105
5106/**
5107 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
5108 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5109 *
5110 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5111 */
5112void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5113
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005114/**
5115 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
5116 *
5117 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
5118 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
Johannes Berg8789d452010-08-26 13:30:26 +02005119 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
5120 * any context, including hardirq context.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005121 *
5122 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005123 * @info: information about the completed scan
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005124 */
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005125void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5126 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005127
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005128/**
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03005129 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
5130 *
5131 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
5132 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
5133 *
5134 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5135 */
5136void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5137
5138/**
5139 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5140 *
5141 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5142 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5143 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5144 * while associating, for instance.
5145 *
5146 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5147 */
5148void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5149
5150/**
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005151 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5152 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5153 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5154 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5155 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5156 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5157 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5158 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005159 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005160 */
5161enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5162 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5163 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005164 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005165};
5166
5167/**
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005168 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5169 *
5170 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5171 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5172 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5173 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5174 *
5175 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5176 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5177 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5178 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5179 */
5180void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5181 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5182 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5183 void *data);
5184
5185/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07005186 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005187 *
5188 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5189 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005190 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5191 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5192 * be used.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005193 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005194 *
5195 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005196 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005197 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005198 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5199 */
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005200static inline void
5201ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5202 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5203 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5204 void *data)
5205{
5206 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5207 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5208 iterator, data);
5209}
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005210
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005211/**
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005212 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5213 *
5214 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5215 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5216 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5217 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005218 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005219 *
5220 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005221 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005222 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5223 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5224 */
5225void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005226 u32 iter_flags,
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005227 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5228 u8 *mac,
5229 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5230 void *data);
5231
5232/**
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005233 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
5234 *
5235 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5236 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5237 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5238 *
5239 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5240 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5241 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5242 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5243 */
5244void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5245 u32 iter_flags,
5246 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5247 u8 *mac,
5248 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5249 void *data);
5250
5251/**
Arik Nemtsov0fc1e042014-10-22 12:30:59 +03005252 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5253 *
5254 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5255 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5256 * function for them.
5257 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5258 *
5259 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5260 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5261 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5262 */
5263void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5264 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5265 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5266 void *data);
5267/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04005268 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5269 *
5270 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5271 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5272 *
5273 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5274 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5275 */
5276void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5277
5278/**
5279 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5280 *
5281 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5282 * workqueue.
5283 *
5284 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5285 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5286 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5287 */
5288void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5289 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5290 unsigned long delay);
5291
5292/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005293 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005294 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005295 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305296 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005297 *
5298 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005299 *
5300 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5301 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5302 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5303 */
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305304int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5305 u16 timeout);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005306
5307/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005308 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005309 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005310 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5311 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5312 *
5313 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005314 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5315 * from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005316 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005317void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005318 u16 tid);
5319
5320/**
5321 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005322 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005323 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005324 *
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005325 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005326 *
5327 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5328 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5329 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5330 */
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005331int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005332
5333/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005334 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005335 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005336 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5337 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5338 *
5339 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005340 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5341 * can be called from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005342 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005343void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005344 u16 tid);
5345
Mohamed Abbas84363e62008-04-04 16:59:58 -07005346/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005347 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5348 *
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005349 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005350 * @addr: station's address
5351 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005352 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5353 *
5354 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005355 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5356 */
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005357struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005358 const u8 *addr);
5359
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005360/**
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005361 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005362 *
5363 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005364 * @addr: remote station's address
5365 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005366 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005367 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5368 *
5369 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005370 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5371 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005372 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5373 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5374 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5375 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5376 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5377 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5378 * is not reliable.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005379 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005380 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005381 */
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005382struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5383 const u8 *addr,
5384 const u8 *localaddr);
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005385
5386/**
Johannes Bergaf818582009-11-06 11:35:50 +01005387 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5388 * @hw: the hardware
5389 * @pubsta: the station
5390 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5391 *
5392 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5393 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5394 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5395 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5396 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5397 *
5398 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5399 * manner.
5400 *
5401 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5402 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5403 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5404 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5405 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5406 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5407 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5408 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5409 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5410 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5411 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5412 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5413 * woke up while blocked or not.
5414 */
5415void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5416 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5417
5418/**
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005419 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5420 * @pubsta: the station
5421 *
5422 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5423 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5424 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5425 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5426 *
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005427 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5428 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5429 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5430 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5431 *
5432 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5433 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5434 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5435 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005436 */
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005437void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005438
5439/**
Emmanuel Grumbach0ead2512015-11-17 10:24:36 +02005440 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5441 * @pubsta: the station
5442 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5443 *
5444 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5445 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5446 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5447 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5448 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5449 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5450 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5451 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5452 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5453 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5454 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5455 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5456 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5457 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5458 */
5459void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5460
5461/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08005462 * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
5463 *
5464 * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver can call
5465 * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
5466 * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
5467 * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
5468 *
5469 * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
5470 * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
5471 * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
5472 * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
5473 * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
5474 * attempts.
5475 *
5476 * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
5477 * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
5478 * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
5479 * them to 0.
5480 *
5481 * @pubsta: the station
5482 * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
5483 * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
5484 * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
5485 */
5486void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5487 u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
5488
5489/**
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005490 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5491 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5492 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5493 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5494 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5495 *
5496 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5497 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5498 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5499 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5500 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5501 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
Johannes Bergf850e002011-07-13 19:50:53 +02005502 *
5503 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5504 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5505 * set_key callback.
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005506 */
5507void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5508 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5509 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5510 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5511 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5512 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5513 void *data),
5514 void *iter_data);
5515
5516/**
Eliad Pelleref044762015-11-17 10:24:37 +02005517 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5518 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5519 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5520 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5521 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5522 *
5523 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5524 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5525 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5526 * in removal process will be skipped.
5527 *
5528 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5529 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5530 */
5531void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5532 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5533 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5534 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5535 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5536 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5537 void *data),
5538 void *iter_data);
5539
5540/**
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005541 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
5542 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5543 * @iter: iterator function
5544 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5545 *
5546 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5547 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5548 * places while calling into the driver.
5549 *
5550 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5551 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5552 * removed.
Johannes Berg8a61af62012-12-13 17:42:30 +01005553 *
5554 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5555 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5556 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5557 * or not.
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005558 */
5559void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5560 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5561 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5562 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5563 void *data),
5564 void *iter_data);
5565
5566/**
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005567 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5568 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5569 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5570 *
5571 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5572 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5573 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5574 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5575 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005576 * %NULL.
5577 *
5578 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005579 */
5580struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5581 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5582
5583/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005584 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5585 *
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005586 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005587 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005588 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005589 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005590 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5591 */
5592void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005593
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005594/**
5595 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5596 *
5597 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5598 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005599 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005600 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5601 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
Johannes Berg682bd382013-01-29 13:13:50 +01005602 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5603 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005604 *
5605 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5606 * without connection recovery attempts.
5607 */
5608void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5609
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005610/**
Johannes Berg95acac62011-07-12 12:30:59 +02005611 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5612 *
5613 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5614 *
5615 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5616 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5617 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5618 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5619 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5620 *
5621 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5622 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5623 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5624 * disconnect normally later.
5625 *
5626 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5627 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5628 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5629 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5630 */
5631void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5632
5633/**
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005634 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5635 * rssi threshold triggered
5636 *
5637 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5638 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005639 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005640 * @gfp: context flags
5641 *
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01005642 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005643 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5644 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5645 */
5646void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5647 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005648 s32 rssi_level,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005649 gfp_t gfp);
5650
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005651/**
Johannes Berg98f03342014-11-26 12:42:02 +01005652 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5653 *
5654 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5655 * @gfp: context flags
5656 */
5657void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5658
5659/**
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01005660 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5661 *
5662 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5663 */
5664void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5665
5666/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005667 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5668 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5669 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5670 *
5671 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5672 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5673 */
5674void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5675
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005676/**
5677 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5678 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg633dd1e2010-08-18 15:01:23 +02005679 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005680 *
5681 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5682 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5683 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5684 */
5685void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5686 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5687
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02005688/**
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01005689 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5690 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5691 */
5692void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5693
5694/**
5695 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5696 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5697 */
5698void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5699
Shahar Levif41ccd72011-05-22 16:10:21 +03005700/**
5701 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5702 *
5703 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5704 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5705 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5706 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5707 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5708 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5709 *
5710 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5711 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5712 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5713 */
5714void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5715 const u8 *addr);
5716
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005717/**
Sara Sharon06470f72016-01-28 16:19:25 +02005718 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5719 * @pubsta: station struct
5720 * @tid: the session's TID
5721 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5722 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5723 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5724 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5725 *
5726 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5727 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5728 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5729 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5730 */
5731void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5732 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5733 u16 received_mpdus);
5734
5735/**
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005736 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5737 *
5738 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5739 * buffer.
5740 *
5741 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5742 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5743 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5744 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5745 */
5746void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5747
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005748/**
5749 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
5750 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5751 * @addr: station mac address
5752 * @tid: the rx tid
5753 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005754void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005755 unsigned int tid);
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005756
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005757/**
5758 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5759 *
5760 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5761 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5762 * reordering.
5763 *
5764 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5765 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5766 *
5767 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5768 * @addr: station mac address
5769 * @tid: the rx tid
5770 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005771static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5772 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5773{
5774 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5775 return;
5776 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
5777}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005778
5779/**
5780 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5781 *
5782 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5783 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5784 * reordering.
5785 *
5786 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5787 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5788 *
5789 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5790 * @addr: station mac address
5791 * @tid: the rx tid
5792 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005793static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5794 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5795{
5796 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5797 return;
5798 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
5799}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005800
Naftali Goldstein04c2cf32017-07-11 10:07:25 +03005801/**
5802 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
5803 *
5804 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
5805 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
5806 *
5807 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
5808 *
5809 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5810 * @addr: station mac address
5811 * @tid: the rx tid
5812 */
5813void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5814 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
5815
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005816/* Rate control API */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005817
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005818/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005819 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005820 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005821 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5822 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5823 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01005824 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5825 * to be filled in
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005826 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5827 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5828 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5829 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5830 * RTS threshold
5831 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
5832 * if the selected rate supports it
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01005833 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02005834 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01005835 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005836 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005837struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
5838 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
5839 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
5840 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
5841 struct sk_buff *skb;
5842 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
5843 bool rts, short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen37eb0b12010-01-06 13:09:08 +02005844 u32 rate_idx_mask;
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02005845 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01005846 bool bss;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005847};
5848
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03005849/**
5850 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
5851 */
5852enum rate_control_capabilities {
5853 /**
5854 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
5855 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
5856 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
5857 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
5858 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
5859 */
5860 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
5861};
5862
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005863struct rate_control_ops {
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03005864 unsigned long capa;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005865 const char *name;
5866 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005867 void (*free)(void *priv);
5868
5869 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
5870 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02005871 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005872 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
Sujith81cb7622009-02-12 11:38:37 +05305873 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02005874 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg64f68e52012-03-28 10:58:37 +02005875 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5876 u32 changed);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005877 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5878 void *priv_sta);
5879
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02005880 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
5881 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5882 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005883 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5884 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5885 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005886 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5887 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005888
5889 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
5890 struct dentry *dir);
5891 void (*remove_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta);
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02005892
5893 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005894};
5895
5896static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02005897 enum nl80211_band band,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005898 int index)
5899{
5900 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
5901}
5902
Luis R. Rodriguez4c6d4f52009-07-16 10:05:41 -07005903/**
5904 * rate_control_send_low - helper for drivers for management/no-ack frames
5905 *
5906 * Rate control algorithms that agree to use the lowest rate to
5907 * send management frames and NO_ACK data with the respective hw
5908 * retries should use this in the beginning of their mac80211 get_rate
5909 * callback. If true is returned the rate control can simply return.
5910 * If false is returned we guarantee that sta and sta and priv_sta is
5911 * not null.
5912 *
5913 * Rate control algorithms wishing to do more intelligent selection of
5914 * rate for multicast/broadcast frames may choose to not use this.
5915 *
5916 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination. Note
5917 * that this may be null.
5918 * @priv_sta: private rate control structure. This may be null.
5919 * @txrc: rate control information we sholud populate for mac80211.
5920 */
5921bool rate_control_send_low(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5922 void *priv_sta,
5923 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
5924
5925
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005926static inline s8
5927rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5928 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5929{
5930 int i;
5931
5932 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5933 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5934 return i;
5935
5936 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01005937 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005938
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01005939 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005940 return 0;
5941}
5942
Luis R. Rodriguezb770b432009-07-16 10:15:09 -07005943static inline
5944bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5945 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5946{
5947 unsigned int i;
5948
5949 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5950 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5951 return true;
5952 return false;
5953}
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005954
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02005955/**
5956 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
5957 *
5958 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
5959 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
5960 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
5961 * the most recent rate control module decision.
5962 *
5963 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5964 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
5965 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
5966 */
5967int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5968 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
5969 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
5970
Johannes Berg631ad702014-01-20 23:29:34 +01005971int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
5972void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005973
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005974static inline bool
5975conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5976{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01005977 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005978}
5979
5980static inline bool
5981conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5982{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01005983 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5984 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005985}
5986
5987static inline bool
5988conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5989{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01005990 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
5991 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005992}
5993
5994static inline bool
5995conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
5996{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01005997 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08005998}
5999
6000static inline bool
6001conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6002{
Rostislav Lisovy041f6072014-04-02 15:31:55 +02006003 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
6004 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
6005 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006006}
6007
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02006008static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6009ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
6010{
6011 if (p2p) {
6012 switch (type) {
6013 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
6014 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
6015 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
6016 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
6017 default:
6018 break;
6019 }
6020 }
6021 return type;
6022}
6023
6024static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6025ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
6026{
6027 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
6028}
6029
Sara Sharon65554d02016-02-16 12:48:17 +02006030/**
6031 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
6032 *
6033 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6034 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
6035 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
6036 *
6037 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
6038 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
6039 * matching GroupId management frame.
6040 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
6041 */
6042void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6043 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
6044
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07006045void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6046 int rssi_min_thold,
6047 int rssi_max_thold);
6048
6049void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Arik Nemtsov768db342011-09-28 14:12:51 +03006050
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006051/**
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006052 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006053 *
6054 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6055 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006056 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
6057 *
6058 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
6059 * applicable.
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006060 */
Wey-Yi Guy1dae27f2012-04-13 12:02:57 -07006061int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6062
Johannes Bergcd8f7cb2013-01-22 12:34:29 +01006063/**
6064 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
6065 * @vif: virtual interface
6066 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
6067 * @gfp: allocation flags
6068 *
6069 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
6070 */
6071void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6072 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6073 gfp_t gfp);
6074
Felix Fietkau06be6b12013-10-14 18:01:00 +02006075/**
6076 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
6077 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6078 * @vif: virtual interface
6079 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
6080 * @band: the band to transmit on
6081 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
6082 *
6083 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
6084 */
6085bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6086 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
6087 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
6088
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01006089/**
6090 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
6091 *
6092 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
6093 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
6094 *
6095 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
6096 *
6097 * private:
6098 *
6099 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
6100 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
6101 */
6102struct ieee80211_noa_data {
6103 u32 next_tsf;
6104 bool has_next_tsf;
6105
6106 u8 absent;
6107
6108 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6109 struct {
6110 u32 start;
6111 u32 duration;
6112 u32 interval;
6113 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6114};
6115
6116/**
6117 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
6118 *
6119 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
6120 * @data: NoA tracking data
6121 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6122 *
6123 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
6124 */
6125int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
6126 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6127
6128/**
6129 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
6130 *
6131 * @data: NoA tracking data
6132 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6133 */
6134void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6135
Arik Nemtsovc887f0d32014-06-11 17:18:25 +03006136/**
6137 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
6138 * @vif: virtual interface
6139 * @peer: the peer's destination address
6140 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
6141 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
6142 * @gfp: allocation flags
6143 *
6144 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
6145 */
6146void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
6147 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6148 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
Andrei Otcheretianskia7f3a762014-10-22 15:22:49 +03006149
6150/**
Liad Kaufmanb6da9112014-11-19 13:47:38 +02006151 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
6152 *
6153 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
6154 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
6155 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
6156 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
6157 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
6158 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
6159 *
6160 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
6161 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
6162 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6163 *
6164 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6165 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6166 *
6167 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6168 */
6169int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6170
6171/**
6172 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6173 *
6174 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6175 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6176 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6177 *
6178 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6179 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6180 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6181 *
6182 * @sta: the station
6183 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6184 */
6185void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6186
6187/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006188 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6189 *
6190 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006191 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6192 * ieee80211_next_txq()
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006193 *
6194 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
Johannes Bergfca12792018-12-15 11:03:08 +02006195 *
6196 * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
6197 * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
6198 * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by by RCU and thus the
6199 * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
6200 * but for the duration of the frame handling.
6201 * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
6202 * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006203 */
6204struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6205 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006206
6207/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006208 * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
6209 *
6210 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6211 * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
6212 *
6213 * Should only be called between calls to ieee80211_txq_schedule_start()
6214 * and ieee80211_txq_schedule_end().
6215 * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
6216 * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
6217 * driver has finished scheduling it.
6218 */
6219struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6220
6221/**
6222 * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
6223 *
6224 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6225 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6226 *
6227 * Should only be called between calls to ieee80211_txq_schedule_start()
6228 * and ieee80211_txq_schedule_end().
6229 */
6230void ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6231
6232/**
6233 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - acquire locks for safe scheduling of an AC
6234 *
6235 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6236 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6237 *
6238 * Acquire locks needed to schedule TXQs from the given AC. Should be called
6239 * before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
6240 */
6241void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6242 __acquires(txq_lock);
6243
6244/**
6245 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_end - release locks for safe scheduling of an AC
6246 *
6247 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6248 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6249 *
6250 * Release locks previously acquired by ieee80211_txq_schedule_end().
6251 */
6252void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6253 __releases(txq_lock);
6254
6255/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006256 * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
6257 *
6258 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6259 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6260 *
6261 * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled. Takes a
6262 * lock, which means it must *not* be called between
6263 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start() and ieee80211_txq_schedule_end()
6264 */
6265void ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6266 __acquires(txq_lock) __releases(txq_lock);
6267
6268/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006269 * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
6270 *
6271 * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
6272 * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
6273 * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
6274 * next_txq().
6275 *
6276 * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
6277 * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
6278 * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
6279 * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
6280 * again.
6281 *
6282 * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
6283 * aligned aginst driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
6284 * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
6285 * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
6286 * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
6287 * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
6288 *
6289 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6290 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6291 */
6292bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6293 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6294
6295/**
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006296 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6297 *
6298 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6299 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6300 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6301 *
6302 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6303 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6304 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6305 */
6306void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6307 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6308 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03006309
6310/**
6311 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6312 *
6313 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6314 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6315 *
6316 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6317 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6318 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6319 * @gfp: allocation flags
6320 */
6321void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6322 u8 inst_id,
6323 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6324 gfp_t gfp);
Ayala Beker92bc43b2016-09-20 17:31:21 +03006325
6326/**
6327 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6328 *
6329 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6330 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6331 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6332 *
6333 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6334 * @match: match event information
6335 * @gfp: allocation flags
6336 */
6337void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6338 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6339 gfp_t gfp);
6340
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07006341#endif /* MAC80211_H */